1 #LyX 1.5.0rc2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
111 \begin_layout Standard
113 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
116 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
124 \begin_layout Standard
125 \begin_inset Note Note
128 \begin_layout Standard
129 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
136 \begin_layout Standard
137 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
153 \begin_layout Chapter
157 \begin_layout Section
161 \begin_layout Standard
162 LyX is a document preparation system.
163 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
164 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
165 It is unlike most other
166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
173 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
175 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
192 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
196 \begin_layout Standard
197 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
214 \begin_layout Standard
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
228 the format of all of the manuals.
229 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
230 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 \begin_layout Section
251 \begin_layout Subsection
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
262 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
264 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
265 already done that in the
270 Check there for more info.
273 \begin_layout Standard
274 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
277 \begin_layout Standard
278 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
279 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
280 More on that in a bit.
283 \begin_layout Subsection
287 \begin_layout Standard
288 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
290 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
291 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
293 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
299 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
313 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 \begin_layout Standard
326 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
327 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
328 This, however, is due
329 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
330 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
331 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
332 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
334 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
335 this doesn't work for equations yet.
338 \begin_layout Subsection
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
344 commercial applications.
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
368 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
369 Here's what one of our authors,
373 , once said about manuals:
376 \begin_layout Quotation
380 \begin_layout Quotation
381 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
382 They are aggravating.
383 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
384 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
385 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
386 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
387 then they should sit down and learn
391 they start up a major piece of software.
394 \begin_layout Quotation
395 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
397 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
398 and intimidated, not stupid.
399 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
400 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
403 \begin_layout Standard
406 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
407 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
408 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
409 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
413 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_layout Subsection
418 Basic File Operations
421 \begin_layout Standard
429 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
430 more advanced operations:
433 \begin_layout Itemize
442 \begin_layout Itemize
454 \begin_layout Itemize
463 \begin_layout Itemize
472 \begin_layout Itemize
481 \begin_layout Itemize
492 \begin_layout Itemize
501 \begin_layout Itemize
510 \begin_layout Itemize
520 \begin_layout Standard
521 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
522 a few minor differences.
528 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
537 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
538 you for a template to use.
539 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
540 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
541 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
545 reference "sec:doc-classes"
552 \begin_layout Standard
554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
577 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
578 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
581 \begin_layout Standard
589 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
594 \begin_layout Standard
595 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
608 It will simply reload the document from disk.
609 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
610 and want to restore it to the last save.
613 \begin_layout Standard
614 The second matter of note concerns the commands
619 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
631 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
647 to save us all from our own stupidity.
648 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
649 be informed that there are unsaved files.
652 \begin_layout Subsection
653 Basic Editing Features
656 \begin_layout Standard
657 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
658 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
659 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
660 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
662 We'll start with cut and paste.
665 \begin_layout Standard
666 As you might expect, the
673 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
674 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Itemize
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Itemize
704 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
708 \begin_layout Standard
709 The first three are self-explanatory.
710 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
711 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
720 keys also functions as the
725 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
726 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
727 it with what you just typed.
735 to get back the lost text.
738 \begin_layout Standard
744 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
751 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
761 The text you want to find goes in the
770 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
778 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
788 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
791 \begin_layout Standard
803 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
806 \begin_layout Standard
816 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
818 If the toggle is set, searching for
819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
830 will not match the word
831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
845 \begin_layout Standard
854 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
894 \begin_layout Subsection
898 \begin_layout Standard
899 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
900 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
906 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
913 to undo some mistake.
914 If you accidently undo too much, use
919 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
934 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
939 \begin_layout Standard
940 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
941 it was last saved, the
942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
949 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
950 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
953 \begin_layout Standard
968 work on almost everything in LyX.
969 They have some quirks, too.
984 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
985 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
999 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1000 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1003 \begin_layout Subsection
1004 Basic Mouse Bindings
1007 \begin_layout Standard
1008 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1009 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1010 can do with the mouse.
1011 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1014 \begin_layout Enumerate
1019 \begin_layout Itemize
1024 once anywhere in the edit window.
1025 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1029 \begin_layout Enumerate
1034 \begin_layout Itemize
1040 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1046 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1049 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1053 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1058 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1065 \begin_layout Enumerate
1066 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1070 \begin_layout Standard
1075 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1076 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1080 \begin_layout Enumerate
1085 \begin_layout Standard
1090 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1095 \begin_layout Subsection
1097 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1098 name "sec: key bindings"
1105 \begin_layout Standard
1106 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1107 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1109 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1110 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1140 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1144 \begin_layout Labeling
1145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1150 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1151 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1153 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1158 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1159 reference "sec:par-environments"
1163 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1165 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1166 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1172 If you're still confused, look in the
1179 \begin_layout Labeling
1180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1193 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1194 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1197 \begin_layout Labeling
1198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1209 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1210 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1214 \begin_layout Labeling
1215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1230 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1234 works as expected and
1238 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1242 \begin_layout Standard
1243 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1244 by that, go read section
1245 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1246 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1251 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1255 \begin_layout Standard
1256 Then there are the modifier keys:
1259 \begin_layout Labeling
1260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1265 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1266 in combination with:
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1279 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1282 \begin_layout Itemize
1291 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1294 \begin_layout Itemize
1303 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1307 \begin_layout Labeling
1308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1313 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1314 and new cursor positions.
1317 \begin_layout Labeling
1318 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1323 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1325 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1326 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1327 one actually performs the
1332 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1334 menu accelerator keys
1337 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1338 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1343 For example, the sequence
1344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1387 \begin_layout Standard
1388 There are also other things bound to the
1392 key, but you'll have to check in the
1404 \begin_layout Standard
1405 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1406 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1407 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1408 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1409 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1410 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1411 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1427 followed by a capital
1433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1451 \begin_layout Section
1452 Using LyX with Other Programs
1455 \begin_layout Subsection
1456 Importing plain text files
1459 \begin_layout Standard
1460 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1465 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1485 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1503 \begin_layout Standard
1509 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1514 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1523 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1524 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1525 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1526 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1529 \begin_layout Standard
1535 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1540 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1550 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1551 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1557 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1563 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1564 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1565 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1569 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1570 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1573 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1590 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1591 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1592 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1593 text with the middle mouse button.
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1599 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1600 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1603 \begin_layout Chapter
1604 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1607 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_layout Standard
1612 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1613 can safely skip this chapter.
1614 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1615 distributed with it.
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1621 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1628 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1641 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1642 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1644 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1648 \begin_layout Standard
1649 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1650 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1658 \begin_layout Section
1660 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1668 \begin_layout Standard
1669 There are two ways to run LyX.
1670 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1671 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1672 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1680 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1681 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1682 are put in the correct places.
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1687 without resorting to configuration files.
1688 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1689 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1690 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1695 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1696 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1697 which are not seen by LyX.
1698 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1703 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1711 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1712 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1713 about what has been found under
1718 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 \begin_layout Standard
1730 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1731 document-level setting that you can change via the
1736 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1744 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1745 taste and save them with the
1752 Document\InsetSpace ~
1763 This will create a template named
1767 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1768 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1771 \begin_layout Standard
1772 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1773 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1778 It will then attempt to read a file called
1786 \begin_layout Standard
1791 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1792 This directory is called LyX's
1797 To find out where it is, use
1802 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1809 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1828 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1835 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1839 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1843 \begin_layout Section
1844 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1845 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1846 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1853 \begin_layout Standard
1854 To use LyX properly, X
1858 be set up correctly.
1859 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1860 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1861 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1862 you must do this yourself.
1863 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1864 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1865 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1868 \begin_layout Subsection
1869 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1873 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1874 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1876 If you don't have them, install them.
1879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1884 This document contains no information on how to use
1898 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1900 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1903 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1929 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1930 output in a form readable by
1935 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1939 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1942 \begin_layout Subsection
1943 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1946 \begin_layout Standard
1947 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1960 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1964 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1966 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1974 ) or as a prefix key.
1975 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1982 \begin_layout Itemize
1988 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1994 \begin_layout Itemize
2000 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2006 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2018 \begin_layout Itemize
2024 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2031 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2032 only from time to time.
2033 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2034 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2037 \begin_layout Subsection
2038 Helpful Hints and Tips
2041 \begin_layout Standard
2042 First, open up two xterminals.
2043 Use one to edit a new
2056 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2061 to output the new keymap.
2066 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2067 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2071 file, and you're done.
2075 \begin_layout Standard
2076 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2081 This will create a usable map file.
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2090 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2091 Try executing the command
2096 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2099 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2101 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2102 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2110 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2123 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2124 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2133 to the same operation.
2135 Other programs, however, use
2143 for different operations.
2144 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2152 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2155 \begin_layout Section
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2160 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2165 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2168 \begin_layout Standard
2169 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2170 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2175 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2176 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2187 That's how you pronounce
2188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2203 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2232 format, or Dvi, for short.
2233 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2234 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2236 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2240 \begin_layout Standard
2241 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2242 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2243 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2247 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2248 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2249 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2250 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2251 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2254 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2255 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2268 \begin_layout Section
2269 Dvips and Ghostscript
2272 \begin_layout Subsection
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2277 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2278 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2280 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2284 \begin_layout Itemize
2290 \begin_layout Itemize
2296 \begin_layout Itemize
2302 \begin_layout Itemize
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2309 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2313 \begin_layout Standard
2314 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2315 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2322 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2323 with LaTeX and should read the
2327 document before proceeding further.
2332 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2334 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2335 the PostScript through
2339 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2340 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2341 every time you print.
2342 For now, we'll concentrate on
2349 \begin_layout Subsection
2351 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2352 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2359 \begin_layout Standard
2360 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2361 you should configure
2371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2378 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2380 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2394 set up to send output to the default printer.
2395 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2398 \begin_layout Standard
2399 If you are not in a mood to configure
2403 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2404 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2405 expect from your printer.
2406 At least, it will print.
2409 \begin_layout Standard
2410 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2411 on Linux), you should run the program
2416 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2420 you should then select menu entry
2425 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2433 \begin_layout Standard
2434 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2438 how to automagically convert a
2446 file adapted to printer
2450 , you need to have a config-file,
2451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2462 lying around somewhere.
2473 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2475 in most TeX distributions.
2476 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2477 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2489 It'll be there somewhere.
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2498 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2506 \begin_layout Standard
2507 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2518 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2524 containing only the relevant lines.
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2530 There may exist a line that looks like,
2531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2542 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2556 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2561 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2585 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2587 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2588 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2589 best possible result on your printer.
2590 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2595 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2599 \begin_layout Standard
2600 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2601 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2602 To do this, you should launch the
2611 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2622 tab, and set the entries
2635 \begin_layout Standard
2636 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2638 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2649 environment variable.
2650 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2652 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2662 as a filter for your print spooler.
2663 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2664 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 Some people don't seem to like using the
2677 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2678 into your printer language.
2679 You can specify this program in the
2684 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2685 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2686 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2687 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2699 \begin_layout Subsection
2700 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2717 files, while the later interfaces with
2721 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 A quick note on both of these programs.
2726 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2739 file, not the files used to make these.
2745 You can also force an update.
2746 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2748 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 The LyX team recommends using
2757 for fine tuning documents.
2758 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2759 you can view the changes.
2763 \begin_layout Enumerate
2768 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2771 \begin_layout Enumerate
2772 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2775 \begin_layout Enumerate
2776 To view those changes, just choose
2781 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2786 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2794 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 Now, this doesn't mean
2815 is better suited to those occasions where you
2819 view the PostScript version of the document.
2820 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2826 There is an alternative to
2830 which sports a much better interface:
2835 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2842 \begin_layout Section
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2850 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2851 printers set up for your system.
2852 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2857 as described in the last section.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2863 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2864 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2866 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2867 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2870 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2871 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2872 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2891 \begin_layout Chapter
2895 \begin_layout Section
2899 \begin_layout Subsection
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2909 of document you want to edit.
2910 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2911 numbering schemes, and so on.
2912 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2913 and format the title of your document differently.
2916 \begin_layout Standard
2921 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2922 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2923 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2924 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2925 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2928 \begin_layout Standard
2929 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2930 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2933 \begin_layout Subsection
2934 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2935 name "sec:doc-classes"
2939 The Various Document Classes
2942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2946 \begin_layout Standard
2947 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2951 \begin_layout Description
2952 Article for basic articles
2955 \begin_layout Description
2956 Report for basic reports
2959 \begin_layout Description
2960 Book for writing a book
2963 \begin_layout Description
2964 Letter for US-style letters
2967 \begin_layout Description
2968 Slides is used to make transparencies
2971 \begin_layout Standard
2972 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2973 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2976 \begin_layout Description
2977 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2981 \begin_layout Description
2982 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2983 Mathematical Society].
2984 There are three amsart layouts available.
2985 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2989 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2990 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2991 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2996 sequential numbering
2997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3000 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
3001 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3002 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3003 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3006 \begin_layout Description
3007 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3008 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3009 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3010 that you would need to number results.
3013 \begin_layout Description
3014 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3017 \begin_layout Description
3018 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3023 \begin_layout Description
3024 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3025 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3026 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3028 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3035 \begin_layout Description
3036 Paper for use with the
3040 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3043 \begin_layout Description
3044 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3045 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3047 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3050 \begin_layout Standard
3051 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3053 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3058 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3059 of the document classes.
3062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3066 \begin_layout Standard
3067 You can select a class using the
3074 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3080 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3088 \begin_layout Standard
3089 Each class has a default set of options.
3090 Here's a quick table describing them:
3093 \begin_layout Standard
3094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3100 \begin_layout Standard
3102 \begin_inset Tabular
3103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3110 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Standard
3120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3123 \begin_layout Standard
3138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3159 \begin_layout Standard
3174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3177 \begin_layout Standard
3193 <row topline="true">
3194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3197 \begin_layout Standard
3211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3214 \begin_layout Standard
3229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3232 \begin_layout Standard
3247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3250 \begin_layout Standard
3265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3268 \begin_layout Standard
3284 <row topline="true">
3285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3288 \begin_layout Standard
3302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3305 \begin_layout Standard
3320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3323 \begin_layout Standard
3338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3341 \begin_layout Standard
3356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3375 <row topline="true">
3376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3379 \begin_layout Standard
3393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3396 \begin_layout Standard
3411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3466 <row topline="true">
3467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3470 \begin_layout Standard
3484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3487 \begin_layout Standard
3502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3505 \begin_layout Standard
3520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3556 <row topline="true">
3557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3560 \begin_layout Standard
3574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3577 \begin_layout Standard
3592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3595 \begin_layout Standard
3610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3613 \begin_layout Standard
3628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3631 \begin_layout Standard
3647 <row topline="true">
3648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3704 \begin_layout Standard
3719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3738 <row topline="true">
3739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3742 \begin_layout Standard
3756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3759 \begin_layout Standard
3774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3777 \begin_layout Standard
3792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3829 <row topline="true">
3830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3833 \begin_layout Standard
3847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3919 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3923 \begin_layout Standard
3937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3994 \begin_layout Standard
4017 \begin_layout Standard
4018 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 There is no default value of
4034 for any of these classes.
4038 \begin_layout Standard
4039 You're probably also wondering what
4040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4049 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4050 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4055 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4060 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4070 headings, there are also
4078 headings, and so on.
4079 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4080 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4081 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
4088 \begin_layout Subsection
4089 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4093 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4109 That's what this section is for.
4112 \begin_layout Labeling
4113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4121 This is another list, containing five options.
4122 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4126 \begin_layout Standard
4127 LaTeX does this part.
4136 \begin_layout Labeling
4137 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4142 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4145 \begin_layout Labeling
4146 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4151 No page numbers or headings.
4154 \begin_layout Labeling
4155 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4163 \begin_layout Labeling
4164 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4169 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4170 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4171 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4174 \begin_layout Labeling
4175 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4180 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4186 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4187 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4189 Check the documentation for the
4193 package for more details.
4197 \begin_layout Labeling
4198 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4203 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4204 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4210 have a printer that duplexes
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4216 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4221 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4222 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4226 \begin_layout Standard
4227 There are two radio buttons here:
4231 for single-sided documents,
4235 for double-sided documents.
4239 \begin_layout Labeling
4240 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4245 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4246 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4254 for the number of columns.
4259 \begin_layout Standard
4260 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4261 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4266 be two columns in the generated output.
4270 \begin_layout Labeling
4271 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4287 takes several options.
4288 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4289 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4290 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4291 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4295 \begin_layout Labeling
4296 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4301 This has its own section.
4304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4305 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4309 for a description of what this does.
4312 \begin_layout Subsection
4313 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 There are several other options to set in the
4319 Document\InsetSpace ~
4323 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4324 affect certain features.
4325 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4326 features they affect.
4329 \begin_layout Standard
4330 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4331 we'll describe them here.
4332 You'll find them in the
4343 \begin_layout Labeling
4344 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4349 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4367 \begin_layout Labeling
4368 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4377 What size paper to print on.
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4398 \begin_layout Itemize
4404 \begin_layout Itemize
4410 \begin_layout Itemize
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4422 \begin_layout Itemize
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 Some of these settings require you to have the
4435 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4442 \begin_layout Subsection
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4447 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4452 That includes the paragraph environments.
4453 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4455 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4456 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4457 paragraph environments to
4461 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4462 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4463 the conversion and why it failed.
4466 \begin_layout Section
4467 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4470 \begin_layout Subsection
4472 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4473 name "sec:parindentintro"
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4482 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4487 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4488 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4489 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4494 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4500 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4501 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4502 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4506 \begin_layout Standard
4507 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4508 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4513 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4524 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4526 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4527 LyX takes care of that.
4528 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4530 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4531 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4532 of a page, and so on.
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4542 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4543 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4547 of these pre-coded spacings.
4548 We'll explain more later.
4551 \begin_layout Subsection
4552 Global Indentation Method
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4571 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4574 \begin_layout Subsection
4578 \begin_layout Standard
4579 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4585 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4590 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4593 dialog and toggle the
4600 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4601 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4602 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4603 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4607 \begin_layout Standard
4608 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4609 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4610 Typically, you'll select
4625 for the entire document and edit away.
4628 \begin_layout Subsection
4629 Changing Line Spacing
4632 \begin_layout Standard
4638 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4645 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4652 \begin_layout Section
4653 Paragraph Environments
4654 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4655 name "sec:par-environments"
4662 \begin_layout Subsection
4666 \begin_layout Standard
4667 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4694 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4695 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4696 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4705 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 A paragraph environment is simply a
4710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4717 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4718 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4719 scheme, labels, and so on.
4720 Additionally, you can
4721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4728 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4729 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4730 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4731 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4732 days of typewriters.
4733 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4735 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4738 \begin_layout Standard
4739 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4741 LyX will change the environment of the
4745 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4746 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4747 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4751 \begin_layout Standard
4760 create a new paragraph using the
4764 paragraph environment.
4766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4773 because this isn't always the case.
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4778 If you are in one of these environments:
4782 \begin_layout Standard
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4796 \begin_layout Standard
4810 \begin_layout Itemize
4816 \begin_layout Itemize
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4826 \begin_layout Standard
4838 \begin_layout Itemize
4844 \begin_layout Itemize
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4854 \begin_layout Standard
4866 \begin_layout Itemize
4872 \begin_layout Itemize
4878 \begin_layout Standard
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4894 \begin_layout Itemize
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4914 \begin_layout Standard
4915 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4919 , rather than resetting it to
4924 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4929 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4930 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4932 reference "sec:nest"
4937 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4942 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4943 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4951 \begin_layout Subsection
4955 \begin_layout Standard
4956 The default paragraph environment is
4961 It creates a plain paragraph.
4962 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4963 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4964 this manual] are in the
4971 \begin_layout Standard
4972 You can nest a paragraph using the
4976 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4984 \begin_layout Subsection
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4989 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4998 for thanks or contact information.
4999 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
5000 page along with today's date.
5001 For other types of documents, the title
5002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5009 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5013 \begin_layout Standard
5014 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5028 Here's how you use them:
5031 \begin_layout Itemize
5032 Put the title of your document in the
5039 \begin_layout Itemize
5040 Put the author name in the
5047 \begin_layout Itemize
5048 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5049 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5055 Note that using this environment is optional.
5056 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5061 You can use footnotes to insert
5062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5069 or contact information.
5072 \begin_layout Subsection
5074 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5075 name "sec:parenvheadings"
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5084 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5085 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5095 \begin_inset Note Note
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5099 Why no mention of Part ?
5107 \begin_layout Enumerate
5113 \begin_layout Enumerate
5119 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 \begin_layout Enumerate
5131 \begin_layout Enumerate
5137 \begin_layout Enumerate
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5145 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5146 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5147 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5148 You group the book into chapters.
5149 LyX does similar grouping:
5152 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 is the maximum sectioning level.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5176 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 \begin_layout Itemize
5212 \begin_layout Itemize
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5229 not all document types use the
5233 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5238 is the top-level heading.
5241 \begin_layout Standard
5246 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5247 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5249 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5265 \begin_layout Standard
5266 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5270 \begin_layout Enumerate
5276 \begin_layout Enumerate
5282 \begin_layout Enumerate
5288 \begin_layout Standard
5290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5297 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5298 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5302 Changing the Numbering
5303 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5304 name "sub:section-depth"
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5312 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5313 in the Table of Contents.
5314 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5316 Certain classes start with
5330 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5340 This is something you can change.
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5349 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5357 You should see a counter labelled
5359 Section\InsetSpace ~
5368 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5370 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5371 here's a table of values and what they do:
5374 \begin_layout Standard
5375 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5383 \begin_inset Tabular
5384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5388 <row topline="true">
5389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5412 \begin_layout Standard
5427 <row bottomline="true">
5428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5431 \begin_layout Standard
5445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5448 \begin_layout Standard
5463 <row topline="true">
5464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5484 \begin_layout Standard
5493 no numbering of any kind
5499 <row topline="true">
5500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5540 <row topline="true">
5541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5577 <row topline="true">
5578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5598 \begin_layout Standard
5614 <row topline="true">
5615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5618 \begin_layout Standard
5632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5651 <row topline="true">
5652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5692 <row topline="true">
5693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5696 \begin_layout Standard
5710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5733 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5737 \begin_layout Standard
5751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5781 \begin_layout Standard
5782 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5788 \begin_layout Standard
5789 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5797 will number parts and chapters, while
5798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5805 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5806 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5812 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 \begin_layout Standard
5836 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5840 contents\InsetSpace ~
5844 It works the same way as
5846 Section\InsetSpace ~
5847 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5850 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5852 This is a great control to have.
5853 Suppose you wanted to number
5857 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5869 s in the Table of Contents.
5872 Section\InsetSpace ~
5873 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5886 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 and voilà! You're all set.
5900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5904 \begin_layout Standard
5905 The following information applies to
5944 \begin_layout Itemize
5945 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5948 \begin_layout Itemize
5949 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5952 \begin_layout Itemize
5953 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5956 \begin_layout Itemize
5957 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5961 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5962 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5966 Creating an Appendix
5969 \begin_layout Standard
5970 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5971 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5976 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5984 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5988 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5989 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5990 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5993 \begin_layout Subsection
5997 \begin_layout Standard
5998 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
6012 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
6013 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
6014 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
6015 the text they contain.
6016 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
6024 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6028 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6037 when you start a new paragraph.
6038 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6042 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6043 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6044 to change back to the
6048 environment yourself.
6051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6061 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6069 \begin_layout Standard
6070 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6071 time for the differences.
6080 are identical except for one difference:
6084 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6093 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 Here's an example of the
6110 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6112 See - no indentation!
6116 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6117 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6118 the other paragraph.
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6122 That ends that example.
6123 Here's another example, this time in the
6130 \begin_layout Quotation
6136 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6137 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6138 the first line, then
6142 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6146 you were quoting other text.
6149 \begin_layout Quotation
6150 Here's a new paragraph.
6151 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6152 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6155 \begin_layout Standard
6156 That was our other example.
6157 As the example notes,
6161 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6162 They should put quotes in the
6167 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6171 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6178 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6186 \begin_layout Standard
6191 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6198 Which I did not rehearse!
6202 It could be much worse.
6203 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6205 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6206 indented a bit more than the first.
6207 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6214 And make things look fine
6223 \begin_layout Standard
6228 does not indent both margins.
6229 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6230 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6241 \begin_layout Subsection
6243 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6244 name "sec:parenvlists"
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6262 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6271 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6272 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6273 some general features of all four of them.
6276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 \begin_layout Standard
6281 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6283 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6292 reset the environment to
6296 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6297 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6298 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6303 to break paragraphs.
6306 \begin_layout Standard
6307 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6308 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6310 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6311 you read all of section
6312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6313 reference "sec:nest"
6321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6327 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6335 \begin_layout Standard
6336 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6340 paragraph environment.
6341 It has the following properties:
6344 \begin_layout Itemize
6345 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6350 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6353 \begin_layout Itemize
6354 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6358 \begin_layout Itemize
6359 The items can be any length.
6360 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6361 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 environment inside another
6377 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6381 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6386 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6389 \begin_layout Itemize
6391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6392 reference "sec:nest"
6396 for a full explanation of nesting.
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6410 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6413 \begin_layout Standard
6414 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6415 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6416 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6419 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 The label for the first level
6424 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6428 \begin_layout Itemize
6429 The label for the second level is a dash.
6433 \begin_layout Itemize
6434 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6443 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 Back out to the third level.
6448 \begin_layout Itemize
6449 Back to the second level.
6453 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 Back to the outermost level.
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6458 These are the default labels for an
6463 You can customize these labels in the
6467 \begin_layout Standard
6481 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6497 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6500 reference "sec:nest"
6508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6514 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6515 name "sec:enumerate"
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6527 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6528 It has these properties:
6531 \begin_layout Enumerate
6532 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6536 \begin_layout Enumerate
6537 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6541 \begin_layout Enumerate
6542 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6545 \begin_layout Enumerate
6550 environment resets the counter to one.
6553 \begin_layout Enumerate
6566 \begin_layout Enumerate
6567 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6568 Items can be any length.
6571 \begin_layout Enumerate
6572 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6575 \begin_layout Enumerate
6576 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6579 \begin_layout Enumerate
6580 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6597 show the different labels for each item.
6598 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6605 \begin_layout Enumerate
6606 The first level of an
6610 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6614 \begin_layout Enumerate
6615 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6619 \begin_layout Enumerate
6620 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6624 \begin_layout Enumerate
6625 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6628 \begin_layout Enumerate
6629 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6634 \begin_layout Enumerate
6635 Back to the third level
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate
6640 Back to the second level.
6644 \begin_layout Enumerate
6645 Back to the outermost level.
6648 \begin_layout Standard
6649 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6654 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6659 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6660 not on the LyX screen.
6663 \begin_layout Standard
6664 There is more to nesting
6668 environments than we've stated here.
6674 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6675 reference "sec:nest"
6679 to learn more about nesting.
6682 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6688 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6689 name "sec:descrlist"
6696 \begin_layout Standard
6697 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6701 list has no fixed label.
6702 Instead, LyX uses the first
6703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6710 of the first line as the label.
6714 \begin_layout Description
6715 Example: This is an example of the
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6728 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6732 uses the first 'word'.
6733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6740 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6749 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6754 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6759 environment? Simple: use a
6770 Special\InsetSpace ~
6775 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6780 otected\InsetSpace ~
6793 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6794 reference "sec:hspace"
6798 for more info.] Here's an example:
6801 \begin_layout Description
6803 Example: This one shows how to use a
6805 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6815 \begin_layout Description
6816 Usage: You should use the
6820 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6821 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6823 It's not a good idea to use a
6827 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6828 You're better off using
6840 paragraphs into them.
6843 \begin_layout Description
6844 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6848 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6852 \begin_layout Standard
6853 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6854 them from the first line.
6857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6863 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6871 \begin_layout Standard
6876 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6880 \begin_layout Standard
6881 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6882 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6883 reference "sec:itemize"
6888 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6889 reference "sec:descrlist"
6902 create numbered lists.
6907 does, and it's documented in section
6908 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6909 reference "sec:enumerate"
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6926 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6927 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6931 \begin_layout Labeling
6932 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6934 labels LyX uses the first
6935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6942 of each line as the item label.
6947 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6948 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6949 blank as described above.
6952 \begin_layout Labeling
6953 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6954 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6955 the body of the item text.
6956 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6957 label width plus a little extra space.
6961 \begin_layout Labeling
6962 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6964 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6965 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6966 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6974 into the first line.
6975 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6976 margin of the rest of the item text.
6979 \begin_layout Labeling
6980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6981 default\InsetSpace ~
6982 width You can very easily set this default width.
6983 It's quite painless, actually.
6984 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6988 environment have the same left margin.
6991 \begin_layout Labeling
6992 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6993 uses You should use the
6997 environment the same way you'd use as
7001 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
7007 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
7011 \begin_layout Labeling
7012 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7013 nesting You can nest
7017 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7019 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
7021 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7022 reference "sec:nest"
7026 to learn about nesting.
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
7033 \begin_layout Standard
7034 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
7036 You can also simply move the cursor into a
7040 item if you want to change only its label width.
7046 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7051 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7065 box determines the default label width.
7066 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7067 here, but you don't need to.
7068 We recommend using the letter
7069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7077 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7078 The default label width in the example
7083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7099 as your unit of width in the
7104 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7110 every time you alter a label in a
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7118 There's yet another feature of the
7122 environment we need to tell you about.
7123 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7124 You can use additional
7128 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7134 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7135 reference "sec:hspace"
7140 Here are some examples:
7143 \begin_layout Labeling
7144 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7145 Left The default for
7152 \begin_layout Labeling
7153 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7160 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7163 \begin_layout Labeling
7164 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7173 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7177 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7182 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7189 \begin_layout Standard
7190 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7191 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7194 reference "sec:nest"
7198 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7201 \begin_layout Subsection
7205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7219 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7230 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7231 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7232 In contrast, you can use the
7241 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7242 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7246 \begin_layout Standard
7247 Of course, you're not limited to using
7262 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7263 some European academic papers.
7266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7268 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7269 name "sec:adress_usage"
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7281 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7282 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7288 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7289 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7290 Here's an example of each:
7293 \begin_layout Right Address
7300 When is it? What is today?
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7310 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7311 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7312 Here's an example of the
7319 \begin_layout Address
7322 Where do I send this
7324 Your post office and country
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 As you can see, both
7337 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7338 Speaking of which, if you hit
7342 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7348 This makes sense, however, since
7356 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7367 Special\InsetSpace ~
7372 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7386 menu] to start a new line in an
7398 \begin_layout Subsection
7402 \begin_layout Standard
7403 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7404 or list of references.
7405 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7419 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7424 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7428 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7433 environment is only useful in the
7434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7449 document classes [as well as
7450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7457 which is just a specialized version of
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7474 document class ignores the
7478 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7493 \begin_layout Standard
7498 environment does several things for you.
7499 First, it puts the centered label
7500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7508 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7510 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7511 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7512 the subsequent text.
7513 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7514 If your document is in the
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7523 version of the file.
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7535 reset the paragraph environment.
7536 The new paragraph will still be in the
7541 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7542 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 We'd love to give you an example of the
7550 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7559 If you've never heard of an
7560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7567 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7577 name "sec:bibliography"
7584 \begin_layout Standard
7589 environment is used to list references.
7594 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7598 only use it at the end of the document.
7599 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7603 in anything else or vice versa.
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 When you first open a
7612 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7628 depending on the document class.
7629 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7630 Each paragraph of the
7634 environment is a bibliography entry.
7643 reset the paragraph environment.
7644 Each new paragraph is still in the
7651 \begin_layout Standard
7660 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7661 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7670 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7672 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7674 We could choose the key
7675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7683 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7686 \begin_layout Standard
7691 field isn't useless.
7692 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7697 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7705 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7706 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7707 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7712 appears at the end of this document.
7714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7718 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7724 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7726 key "latexcompanion"
7731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7734 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7735 In the second one, we used the
7744 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7769 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7770 of the bibliography entry.
7773 \begin_layout Standard
7774 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7776 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7778 Extended LyX Features
7783 \begin_layout Subsection
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7789 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7790 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7799 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7800 name "sec:captionlayout"
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7812 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7823 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7839 , depending on which type of
7844 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7848 \begin_layout Standard
7849 You can't really nest things into a
7854 Additionally, hitting
7858 resets the paragraph environment to
7866 can only be a single paragraph.
7869 \begin_layout Standard
7874 environment outside of a
7886 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7887 reference "sec:figures"
7892 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7893 reference "sec:tables"
7897 for more information on
7911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7917 \begin_layout Standard
7922 environment is another LyX extension.
7923 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7928 key as a fixed whitespace;
7932 \begin_layout Standard
7943 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7946 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7951 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7952 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7974 reset the paragraph environment.
7975 So, when you finish using the
7979 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7988 environment inside of others.
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7992 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8025 \begin_layout Itemize
8030 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8037 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8048 You must put at least one
8052 in any line you want blank.
8053 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8061 since that will insert
8066 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8074 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8077 \begin_layout Standard
8081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8089 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8093 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8097 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8103 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8107 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8111 \begin_layout Standard
8112 This is just the standard
8113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8124 \begin_layout Standard
8129 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8130 rc-files, and so on.
8131 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8132 text as if you used a typewriter.
8135 \begin_layout Section
8136 Nesting Environments
8137 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8145 \begin_layout Subsection
8149 \begin_layout Standard
8150 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8154 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8156 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8157 reference "sec:nest"
8162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8165 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8168 \begin_layout Standard
8169 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8174 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8179 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8180 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8181 screen and bytes in memory.
8182 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8183 and specific properties.
8184 However, what if you wanted one
8185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8192 to inherit some of the properties of another
8193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8203 \begin_layout Standard
8204 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8205 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8206 In other words, you have a list
8210 of another list, with the inner list
8211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8221 \begin_layout Enumerate
8225 \begin_layout Enumerate
8230 \begin_layout Enumerate
8234 \begin_layout Enumerate
8239 \begin_layout Enumerate
8243 \begin_layout Standard
8244 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8245 you nest one list inside the other.
8249 \begin_layout Standard
8250 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8256 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8257 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8265 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8266 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8276 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8277 will tell you how far you are nested).
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8291 \begin_layout Standard
8302 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8309 to change the nesting level.
8310 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8311 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8315 \begin_layout Standard
8316 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8317 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8318 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8319 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8320 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8321 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8322 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8326 \begin_layout Standard
8327 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8328 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8330 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8333 \begin_layout Subsection
8334 What You Can and Can't Nest
8337 \begin_layout Standard
8338 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8339 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8344 can you or can't you.
8345 There's also the question of how.
8346 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8347 environment into it? A
8348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8355 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8366 \begin_layout Standard
8367 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8369 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8370 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8371 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8373 There is one last type of environment.
8374 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8375 You can't nest anything into them.
8378 \begin_layout Standard
8379 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8380 environments have them:
8384 \begin_layout Standard
8385 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8394 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8406 into other environments.
8408 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8409 Then again, it may not.
8410 We don't know for certain.
8411 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8412 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8420 \begin_layout Description
8421 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8422 Can't nest into them.
8426 \begin_layout Itemize
8432 \begin_layout Itemize
8438 \begin_layout Itemize
8444 \begin_layout Itemize
8451 \begin_layout Description
8453 Nestable You can nest them.
8454 You can nest other things into them.
8458 \begin_layout Itemize
8464 \begin_layout Itemize
8470 \begin_layout Itemize
8476 \begin_layout Itemize
8482 \begin_layout Itemize
8488 \begin_layout Itemize
8494 \begin_layout Itemize
8500 \begin_layout Itemize
8506 \begin_layout Itemize
8513 \begin_layout Description
8514 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8515 You can't nest anything into them.
8519 \begin_layout Itemize
8525 \begin_layout Itemize
8531 \begin_layout Itemize
8539 \begin_layout Itemize
8545 \begin_layout Itemize
8551 \begin_layout Itemize
8559 \begin_layout Itemize
8565 \begin_layout Itemize
8571 \begin_layout Itemize
8577 \begin_layout Itemize
8583 \begin_layout Itemize
8589 \begin_layout Itemize
8595 \begin_layout Itemize
8601 \begin_layout Itemize
8608 \begin_layout Itemize
8614 \begin_layout Itemize
8621 \begin_layout Subsection
8622 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8623 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8624 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8631 \begin_layout Standard
8632 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8633 affected by nesting anyhow.
8637 \begin_layout Itemize
8641 \begin_layout Itemize
8645 \begin_layout Itemize
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8650 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8654 , this is no longer true.
8655 See below or look in sections
8656 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8657 reference "sec:figures"
8662 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8663 reference "sec:tables"
8670 \begin_layout Standard
8671 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8672 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8673 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8677 \begin_layout Standard
8678 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8686 of its own, it behaves just like a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8694 paragraph environment.
8695 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8700 Here's an example with a table:
8703 \begin_layout Enumerate
8708 \begin_layout Enumerate
8709 This is (a) and it's nested.
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8722 \begin_inset Tabular
8723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8727 <row topline="true">
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Standard
8746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8749 \begin_layout Standard
8765 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8787 \begin_layout Standard
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8818 \begin_layout Enumerate
8820 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8824 \begin_layout Enumerate
8828 \begin_layout Standard
8829 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8832 \begin_layout Enumerate
8837 \begin_layout Enumerate
8838 This is (a) and it's nested.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8849 \begin_layout Standard
8851 \begin_inset Tabular
8852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8856 <row topline="true">
8857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8860 \begin_layout Standard
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8894 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8898 \begin_layout Standard
8913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8939 \begin_layout Standard
8940 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8946 \begin_layout Enumerate
8953 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8956 \begin_layout Enumerate
8960 \begin_layout Standard
8961 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8965 \begin_layout Standard
8966 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8968 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8971 \begin_layout Enumerate
8976 \begin_layout Enumerate
8977 This is (a) and it's nested.
8980 \begin_layout Standard
8981 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8987 \begin_layout Standard
8989 \begin_inset Tabular
8990 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8994 <row topline="true">
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Standard
9013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9016 \begin_layout Standard
9032 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9036 \begin_layout Standard
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9077 \begin_layout Standard
9078 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9084 \begin_layout Enumerate
9086 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9094 \begin_layout Enumerate
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9099 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9105 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9106 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9111 Then there are the so-called
9120 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9121 have a fixed location.
9123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9130 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9151 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9155 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9161 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9162 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9165 \begin_layout Subsection
9166 Usage and General Features
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9170 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9179 is the innermost possible depth.
9180 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9183 \begin_layout Enumerate
9184 level #1 - outermost
9188 \begin_layout Enumerate
9193 \begin_layout Enumerate
9198 \begin_layout Enumerate
9203 \begin_layout Itemize
9208 \begin_layout Itemize
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9218 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9219 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9224 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9225 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9226 to produce output for your document.
9231 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9239 environment, and so on.
9240 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9243 \begin_layout Standard
9244 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9245 both of them in the example.
9246 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9256 For example, if we tried to nest another
9261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9272 \begin_layout Standard
9273 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9274 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9275 to produce output for your document.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9284 In case that you want to start a new list immediately after a list, or consecuti
9285 ve definitions, proofs etc, you can use the
9289 environment to separate them.
9293 \begin_layout Enumerate
9297 \begin_layout --Separator--
9301 \begin_layout Enumerate
9306 \begin_layout Enumerate
9310 \begin_layout --Separator--
9314 \begin_layout Enumerate
9315 nested another item1
9319 \begin_layout Subsection
9323 \begin_layout Standard
9324 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9325 We have several examples of nested environments.
9326 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9331 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9334 \begin_layout Labeling
9335 \labelwidthstring MMM
9336 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9345 \begin_layout Labeling
9346 \labelwidthstring MMM
9347 #2-a This is level #2.
9348 We created it by using
9361 \begin_layout Labeling
9362 \labelwidthstring MMM
9363 #3-a This is level #3.
9364 This time, we just hit
9374 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9388 \begin_layout Standard
9393 environment, nested inside of
9394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9402 So, it's at level #4.
9403 We did this by hitting
9412 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9417 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9433 \begin_layout Standard
9438 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9445 \begin_layout Labeling
9446 \labelwidthstring MMM
9447 #4-a This is level #4.
9452 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9457 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9461 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9466 keep nesting things inside of
9467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9478 \begin_layout Labeling
9479 \labelwidthstring MMM
9480 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9485 \begin_layout Labeling
9486 \labelwidthstring MMM
9487 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9488 and this is level #6.
9489 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9493 \begin_layout Labeling
9494 \labelwidthstring MMM
9495 #5-b Back to level #5.
9509 \begin_layout Labeling
9510 \labelwidthstring MMM
9520 , we're back at level #4.
9524 \begin_layout Labeling
9525 \labelwidthstring MMM
9526 #3-b Back to level #3.
9527 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9531 \begin_layout Labeling
9532 \labelwidthstring MMM
9533 #2-b Back to level #2.
9538 \begin_layout Labeling
9539 \labelwidthstring MMM
9540 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9541 After this sentence, we'll hit
9545 and change the paragraph environment back to
9552 \begin_layout Standard
9553 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9569 environment in place of the
9574 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9578 Example #2: Inheritance
9581 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9582 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9585 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9595 , after which, we'll change to the
9603 \begin_layout Enumerate
9608 environment, at level #2.
9611 \begin_layout Enumerate
9612 Notice how the nested
9616 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9620 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9624 \begin_layout Standard
9625 We ended this example by hitting
9630 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9634 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9642 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9643 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9655 \begin_layout Standard
9656 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9664 \begin_layout Enumerate
9665 This is level #1, in an
9669 paragraph environment.
9670 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9674 \begin_layout Enumerate
9686 Now, what happens if we nest an
9690 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9691 label be? An asterisk?
9695 \begin_layout Itemize
9705 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9706 So, its label is a bullet.
9707 [Note: we got here by using
9716 , then changing the environment to
9724 \begin_layout Itemize
9725 Here's level #4, produced using
9735 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9740 \begin_layout Enumerate
9741 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9743 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9748 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9776 \begin_layout Enumerate
9781 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9782 type of numbering does LyX use?
9785 \begin_layout Enumerate
9786 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9790 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9793 \begin_layout Enumerate
9799 to decrease the depth after the next
9807 \begin_layout Enumerate
9809 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9813 \begin_layout Enumerate
9815 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9816 numeral as the label.
9820 \begin_layout Enumerate
9821 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9830 Notice, however, that LyX
9834 reset the counter for the label.
9838 \begin_layout Enumerate
9848 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9849 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9850 into the twofold-nested
9858 \begin_layout Enumerate
9859 The same thing happens if we do another
9868 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9877 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9901 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9906 The same rule applies for the
9910 environment, as well.
9913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9914 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9917 \begin_layout Enumerate
9918 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9919 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9920 same detail with how we did it.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9932 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9935 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9936 example in brackets someplace.
9937 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9938 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9939 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9943 \begin_layout Enumerate
9948 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9953 Now we'll add verse.
9955 It will get much worse.
9959 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9966 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9968 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9978 Here comes a table for you:
9982 \begin_layout Standard
9983 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9991 \begin_inset Tabular
9992 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10000 \begin_layout Standard
10015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10018 \begin_layout Standard
10034 <row topline="true">
10035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10038 \begin_layout Standard
10053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10056 \begin_layout Standard
10080 \begin_layout Verse
10083 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10088 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10095 \begin_layout Enumerate
10100 : level #1] This is another item.
10101 Note that selecting a
10105 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10106 3 times to put the table inside the
10114 \begin_layout Quotation
10115 We're now ending the
10119 list and changing to
10124 We're still at level #1.
10125 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10126 The next set of paragraphs is a
10127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 We'll nest both the
10143 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10147 for the letter body.
10152 to preserve the depth.
10153 Remember that you need to use
10157 to create multiple lines inside the
10171 \begin_layout Right Address
10174 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10179 \begin_layout Address
10180 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10184 \begin_layout Quotation
10185 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10186 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10187 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10188 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10189 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10190 as soon as possible.
10191 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10194 \begin_layout Quotation
10195 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10196 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10197 with your order, along with payment.
10200 \begin_layout Quotation
10201 We thank you again for your patience.
10204 \begin_layout Address
10211 \begin_layout Quotation
10212 That ends that example!
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10216 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10217 just a few keystrokes.
10218 We could have easily nested an
10239 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10242 \begin_layout Section
10243 Fonts and Text Styles
10246 \begin_layout Subsection
10250 \begin_layout Standard
10251 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10252 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10253 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10254 font to emphasize text, you use an
10255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10263 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10264 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10283 style corresponds to an italics font.
10288 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10289 styles use to typeset proper names.
10290 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10291 1.4) introduced true character
10292 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10294 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10295 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10299 \begin_layout Subsection
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10304 You can set the default font from the
10309 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10321 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10322 your document fonts.
10323 The most important ones are those in the
10332 The possible options under
10337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10348 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10370 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10371 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10373 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10386 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10387 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10404 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10405 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10406 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10407 if a font is not installed).
10408 Please have a look at
10413 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 about where to get the fonts.
10421 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10422 a new font to common operation systems.
10423 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10428 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10430 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10432 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10453 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10460 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10462 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10469 Default\InsetSpace ~
10472 option lets you change this.
10473 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10496 Default\InsetSpace ~
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10512 group, you can usually select from four possible
10529 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10530 Remember, this is the
10535 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10536 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10537 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10539 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10540 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10545 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10546 height than the Roman Font.
10547 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10555 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10563 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10572 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10577 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10578 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10579 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10592 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10593 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10595 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10597 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10599 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10600 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10601 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10602 Note that math figures are
10606 affected by this choice.
10609 \begin_layout Standard
10610 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10611 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10612 are not set up correctly.
10615 \begin_layout Standard
10616 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10637 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10638 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10639 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10640 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10641 is just a representation of
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10654 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10661 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10664 \begin_layout Subsection
10665 Using Different Character Styles
10668 \begin_layout Standard
10669 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10670 certain paragraph environments.
10671 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10680 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10689 style, do one of the following:
10692 \begin_layout Itemize
10693 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10696 \begin_layout Itemize
10703 \begin_layout Standard
10704 These commands are all toggles.
10709 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10712 \begin_layout Standard
10713 One typically uses the
10717 style for proper names.
10719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10726 is the original author of LyX.
10727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10734 A more widely used character style is the
10739 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10746 \begin_layout Itemize
10747 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10758 \begin_layout Itemize
10759 using the keybindings
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10770 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10771 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 We've been using the
10779 style all over the place in this document.
10780 Here's one more example:
10783 \begin_layout Quotation
10786 Don't overuse character styles!
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10791 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10792 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10793 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10798 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10807 \begin_layout Subsection
10808 Fine-Tuning with the
10813 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10814 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10822 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10823 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10824 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10825 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10834 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10835 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10840 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10841 from ordinary dialogue.
10844 \begin_layout Standard
10845 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10846 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10847 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10848 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10849 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10854 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10859 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10860 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10864 Enough complaining.
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 To use custom fonts, open the
10873 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10882 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10883 font property which you can choose.
10884 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10889 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10894 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10896 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10897 environments in a snap.
10900 \begin_layout Standard
10901 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10913 \begin_layout Labeling
10914 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 The possible options are:
10935 \begin_layout Labeling
10936 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10941 This is the Roman font family.
10945 \begin_layout Standard
10946 It's also the default family.
10956 \begin_layout Labeling
10957 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10965 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10979 \begin_layout Labeling
10980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10987 This is the Typewriter font family.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
11002 \begin_layout Labeling
11003 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11011 This corresponds to the print weight.
11016 \begin_layout Labeling
11017 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11022 This is the Medium font series.
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11027 It's also the default series.
11031 \begin_layout Labeling
11032 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11039 This is the Bold font series.
11043 \begin_layout Standard
11044 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
11054 \begin_layout Labeling
11055 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11064 As the name implies.
11069 \begin_layout Labeling
11070 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11075 This is the Upright font shape.
11079 \begin_layout Standard
11080 It's also the default shape.
11084 \begin_layout Labeling
11085 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11099 s the Italic font shape
11105 \begin_layout Labeling
11106 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11113 This is the Slanted font shape
11115 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11118 \begin_layout Labeling
11119 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11127 This is the Small caps font shape
11134 \begin_layout Labeling
11135 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11144 Alters the size of the font.
11145 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11146 nal to the default font size.
11147 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11148 what you want to do.
11152 \begin_layout Standard
11153 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11156 \begin_layout Labeling
11157 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11176 \begin_layout Standard
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11221 \begin_layout Labeling
11222 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11256 \begin_layout Labeling
11257 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11276 \begin_layout Standard
11291 \begin_layout Labeling
11292 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11309 \begin_layout Standard
11310 It's also the default size.
11325 \begin_layout Labeling
11326 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11360 \begin_layout Labeling
11361 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11380 \begin_layout Standard
11395 \begin_layout Labeling
11396 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11415 \begin_layout Standard
11425 \begin_layout Labeling
11426 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11445 \begin_layout Standard
11460 \begin_layout Labeling
11461 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11495 \begin_layout Standard
11500 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11501 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11502 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11503 - use that instead.
11504 This is here for fine-tuning
11510 \begin_layout Labeling
11511 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11519 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11524 \begin_layout Labeling
11525 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11532 This is text with emphasize on
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11539 This might seem like the same as
11543 , but it is actually a bit different.
11544 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11545 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11554 \begin_layout Labeling
11555 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11562 This is text with Underbar on.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11576 \begin_layout Labeling
11577 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11584 This is text with Noun on.
11588 \begin_layout Standard
11593 , this is a logical attribute.
11594 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11599 , but that is bound to change some day.
11603 \begin_layout Standard
11604 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11605 when you couldn't change fonts.
11606 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11607 an underscore character.
11608 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11613 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11614 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11619 \begin_layout Labeling
11620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11625 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11626 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11631 LaTeX package installed.
11636 is not able to display these colors.
11642 , which is the standard
11643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11650 , you can choose between
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11691 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11692 the language of the document.
11693 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11696 \begin_layout Standard
11697 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11700 \begin_layout Standard
11701 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11706 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11714 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11730 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11731 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11743 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11744 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11762 Toggle on all these
11775 \begin_layout Standard
11776 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11778 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11780 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11783 \begin_layout Section
11784 Printing and Previewing
11787 \begin_layout Subsection
11791 \begin_layout Standard
11792 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11793 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11794 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11795 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11796 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11803 \begin_layout Standard
11804 LyX uses a program called
11805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11813 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11814 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11822 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11823 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11824 This happens in a couple of stages:
11827 \begin_layout Enumerate
11828 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11829 generating a file with the extension,
11830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11845 \begin_layout Enumerate
11846 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11850 file to produce printable output.
11851 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11852 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11856 file, or DVI for short.
11857 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11870 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11871 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11875 \begin_layout Description
11876 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11877 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11878 be a link to these files.
11879 So don't forget these files if you move your
11883 file to another computer.
11887 \begin_layout Enumerate
11893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11900 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11904 \begin_layout Enumerate
11909 files using a program called
11916 \begin_layout Enumerate
11917 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11924 \begin_layout Enumerate
11925 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11926 LyX automatically converts the
11930 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11931 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11940 \begin_layout Standard
11941 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11946 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11947 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11948 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11949 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11955 \begin_layout Standard
11956 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11960 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11961 preview of your document.
11962 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11964 The printed result is worth the wait.
11965 Quality always has its price.
11968 \begin_layout Subsection
11969 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11972 \begin_layout Standard
11973 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11974 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11979 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11997 You can now look at the results.
11998 [If you want more info on the
12009 \begin_layout Description
12010 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
12014 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
12015 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
12020 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12025 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12042 program will automatically reread the
12046 file and give you an updated view.
12049 \begin_layout Subsection
12050 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12058 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
12059 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
12060 One reason is fonts.
12064 \begin_layout Standard
12069 : Another reason is paranoia.
12070 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
12071 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12077 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
12086 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
12089 \begin_layout Standard
12090 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12106 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12112 You can now look at the results.
12115 \begin_layout Standard
12116 You've guessed what the
12121 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12135 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12139 window after this command to update the view.
12142 \begin_layout Subsection
12146 \begin_layout Standard
12147 To print a file, select
12161 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12171 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12172 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12173 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12174 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12175 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12178 \begin_layout Standard
12179 You can set the parameters in the
12186 \begin_layout Labeling
12187 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12195 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12199 \begin_layout Standard
12200 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12213 has to be configured for this printer name.
12215 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12216 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12224 documentation for details.
12225 The default printer can also be set in
12234 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12246 The name of a file to print to.
12247 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12249 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12250 specify the full path.
12253 \begin_layout Standard
12254 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12258 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12262 have to process your document.
12265 \begin_layout Section
12266 A Few Words about Typography
12269 \begin_layout Subsection
12270 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12271 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12307 \begin_layout Enumerate
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12327 \begin_layout Enumerate
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12342 \begin_layout Standard
12354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12360 \begin_layout Enumerate
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12375 \begin_layout Standard
12388 \begin_layout Standard
12400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12406 \begin_layout Enumerate
12410 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12430 \begin_layout Standard
12431 You generate these by using the
12432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12443 character multiple times in a row.
12444 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12450 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12451 Here are some examples of the
12452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12466 \begin_layout Enumerate
12467 line- and page-breaks
12476 \begin_layout Enumerate
12486 \begin_layout Enumerate
12487 Oh --- there's a dash.
12496 \begin_layout Enumerate
12497 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12511 there is one in the printed version.
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12516 inserts hyphens in English text.
12517 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12527 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12531 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12534 \begin_layout Quote
12537 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12538 nohyphenation, loaded.
12541 \begin_layout Standard
12542 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12543 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12551 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12559 the relevant line in a file typically named
12564 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12572 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12574 This is done with the menu item
12576 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12585 Special\InsetSpace ~
12600 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12601 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12604 \begin_layout Subsection
12608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12609 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12610 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12619 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12620 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12621 LaTeX then adds the
12622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12625 appropriate amount of space
12626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12629 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12631 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12634 \begin_layout Standard
12635 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12636 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12650 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12653 \begin_layout Standard
12654 Here are some examples of
12658 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12661 \begin_layout Itemize
12666 \begin_layout Itemize
12671 \begin_layout Standard
12672 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12673 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12676 \begin_layout Itemize
12679 this is too much space!
12682 \begin_layout Itemize
12687 \begin_layout Standard
12688 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12695 \begin_layout Enumerate
12698 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12701 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12703 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12704 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12711 \begin_layout Enumerate
12717 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12719 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12720 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12727 \begin_layout Enumerate
12732 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12740 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12748 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12749 This function is also bound to
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12760 \begin_layout Itemize
12761 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12762 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12763 this is too much space!
12766 \begin_layout Itemize
12767 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12773 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12775 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12781 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12789 feature described in
12796 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12798 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12806 \begin_layout Standard
12807 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12808 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12809 and use a closing quote at the end.
12811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12819 The keyboard character,
12823 , generates this automatically.
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12829 New in version 1.4:
12831 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12836 This produces quotation marks like this:
12837 \begin_inset Quotes els
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12852 There are six choices:
12855 \begin_layout Labeling
12856 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12868 Use quotes like this
12869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 \begin_inset Quotes els
12881 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12887 \begin_layout Labeling
12888 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12891 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12901 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12905 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12909 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12915 \begin_layout Labeling
12916 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12919 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12923 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12929 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12933 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12937 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12941 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12947 \begin_layout Labeling
12948 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12951 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12961 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12965 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12969 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12973 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12979 \begin_layout Labeling
12980 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12983 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12987 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12993 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12997 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13001 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13005 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13011 \begin_layout Labeling
13012 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13015 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13019 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13025 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13029 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13033 \begin_inset Quotes als
13037 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13043 \begin_layout Standard
13044 Again, this affects what character the
13051 \begin_layout Standard
13052 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
13065 \begin_layout Subsection
13067 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13068 name "sec:ligatures"
13075 \begin_layout Standard
13076 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13077 print them as single characters.
13078 These groups are known as
13083 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
13085 Here are the possible ligatures:
13088 \begin_layout Itemize
13092 \begin_layout Itemize
13096 \begin_layout Itemize
13100 \begin_layout Itemize
13104 \begin_layout Itemize
13108 \begin_layout Standard
13109 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13110 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13118 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13134 To break a ligature, use
13139 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13140 Special\InsetSpace ~
13147 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13150 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13191 \begin_layout Subsection
13193 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13201 \begin_layout Standard
13202 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13204 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13205 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13206 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13207 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13208 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13209 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13221 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13222 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13223 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13224 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13225 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13226 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13227 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13230 \begin_layout Standard
13231 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13232 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13233 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13235 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13236 key "latexcompanion"
13242 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13247 ] may have more information.
13248 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13251 \begin_layout Chapter
13252 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13253 \begin_inset OptArg
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13265 \begin_layout Section
13269 \begin_layout Standard
13270 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13278 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13279 somewhere else in your text.
13280 When you insert a footnote with
13289 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13327 appearing within your text.
13328 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13329 You can enter your text into this box.
13331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13350 label, the box will
13351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13363 Clicking on the button again will
13368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13385 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13386 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13387 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13388 when it processes your file.
13389 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13390 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13391 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13396 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13400 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13405 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13406 (this works for all
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13419 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13433 document class or changing the counter
13438 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13446 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13467 \begin_layout Description
13468 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13470 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13471 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13473 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13477 \begin_layout Section
13481 \begin_layout Standard
13482 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13483 When you insert a margin note via
13489 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13505 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13506 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13529 appearing within your text.
13530 \begin_inset Marginal
13533 \begin_layout Standard
13534 This is a margin note.
13539 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13540 You can enter your text into this box.
13542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13555 label, the box will
13556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13564 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13581 \begin_layout Standard
13582 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13584 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13585 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13586 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13590 \begin_layout Section
13591 Figures and Imported Graphics
13592 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13600 \begin_layout Standard
13601 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13602 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13603 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13604 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13610 in the document you place them.
13611 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13614 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13621 \begin_layout Standard
13622 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13623 on the toolbar, or select
13628 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13639 \begin_layout Standard
13640 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13641 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13644 \begin_layout Standard
13646 \begin_inset Graphics
13647 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13650 scaleBeforeRotation
13651 rotateOrigin center
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13664 field allows you to choose your image file.
13666 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13667 reference "sub:How-it-works"
13671 for information on supported formats.) The figure can be transformed by
13672 setting a rotation angle, setting the output size, and clipping the image.
13673 It is possible to set the clipping parameters automatically for some image
13674 formats by clicking the
13675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13678 Clip to bounding box
13679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13682 check box under the
13687 For scaling, you can set the scale directly by using a percentage value,
13688 or you can set the width and height explicitly.
13690 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13691 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13695 for the available units.) If you set only one of these, the other will be
13696 determined automatically.
13697 If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size,
13698 possibly distorting it.
13699 If you do not want the image distorted, check the
13701 Maintain aspect ratio
13704 The image will then be scaled so that its width and height do not exceed
13705 the specified dimensions.
13708 \begin_layout Standard
13709 It is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display
13710 in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures.
13711 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13713 LaTeX and LyX Options
13716 You can also set the
13720 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13722 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13723 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13728 See the documentation for the LaTeX-package
13732 for more information.
13735 \begin_layout Subsection
13737 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13738 name "sub:How-it-works"
13745 \begin_layout Standard
13746 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13747 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13748 target output format can be created.
13749 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13751 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13758 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13761 \begin_layout Standard
13762 \begin_inset Float table
13768 \begin_layout Standard
13769 \begin_inset Caption
13771 \begin_layout Standard
13772 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13773 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13777 Units for setting the image size
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13794 \begin_inset Tabular
13795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13799 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13812 \begin_layout Standard
13819 <row topline="true">
13820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13832 \begin_layout Standard
13839 <row topline="true">
13840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13859 <row topline="true">
13860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13879 <row topline="true">
13880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13883 \begin_layout Standard
13889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13900 <row topline="true">
13901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13915 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13922 <row topline="true">
13923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13926 \begin_layout Standard
13932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13936 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13937 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13944 <row topline="true">
13945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13959 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13966 <row topline="true">
13967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13979 \begin_layout Standard
13980 didot (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13982 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13985 0.376\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13992 <row topline="true">
13993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13996 \begin_layout Standard
14002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14005 \begin_layout Standard
14006 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14007 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14014 <row topline="true">
14015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14027 \begin_layout Standard
14028 % of original image width
14034 <row topline="true">
14035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14038 \begin_layout Standard
14044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14047 \begin_layout Standard
14054 <row topline="true">
14055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14058 \begin_layout Standard
14064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14067 \begin_layout Standard
14074 <row topline="true">
14075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14078 \begin_layout Standard
14084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14087 \begin_layout Standard
14094 <row topline="true">
14095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14098 \begin_layout Standard
14104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14107 \begin_layout Standard
14114 <row topline="true">
14115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14134 <row topline="true">
14135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14147 \begin_layout Standard
14154 <row topline="true">
14155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14167 \begin_layout Standard
14178 <row topline="true">
14179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14216 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14217 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14236 \begin_layout Standard
14237 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14238 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14239 figures themselves.
14240 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14273 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14286 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14287 loadable graphics format.
14290 \begin_layout Standard
14291 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14303 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14312 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14313 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14314 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14319 If, after all that, LyX
14323 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14327 Error converting to loadable format
14328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14331 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14332 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14333 list of known converters.
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14338 when generating the final document.
14339 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14340 in PostScript® format.
14341 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14354 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14357 \begin_layout Subsection
14361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14362 Using Figure Floats
14363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14364 name "sec:figurefloats"
14371 \begin_layout Standard
14372 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14373 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14374 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14375 it preferable to use
14377 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14380 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14381 deems necessary for a good fit.
14382 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14383 place a caption on them, using the
14387 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14389 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14390 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14400 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14408 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14413 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14418 above to insert the actual figure.
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 \begin_inset Float figure
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 \begin_inset Caption
14431 \begin_layout Standard
14432 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14448 \begin_inset Graphics
14449 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14451 scaleBeforeRotation
14452 rotateOrigin center
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 \begin_inset Float figure
14471 \begin_layout Standard
14473 \begin_inset Graphics
14474 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14476 scaleBeforeRotation
14477 rotateOrigin center
14484 \begin_layout Standard
14485 \begin_inset Caption
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14488 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14489 name "fig:kill-plat"
14493 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14506 \begin_layout Standard
14507 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14509 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14510 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14511 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14512 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14516 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14517 This is what we did for figure
14518 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14519 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14524 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14528 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14529 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14530 reference "fig:escher"
14535 It is preferred to use one
14544 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14547 \begin_layout Standard
14548 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14549 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14550 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14551 reference "sec:float-locn"
14561 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14562 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14566 \begin_layout Standard
14567 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14568 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14569 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14570 reference "sec:crossref"
14574 you can simply insert a
14581 in the caption and refer to it using a
14590 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14591 using vague references to
14592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14599 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14610 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14612 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14615 \begin_layout Standard
14616 Note that the caption is used in a
14626 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14628 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14629 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14633 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14638 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14639 name "sec:float-locn"
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 Now, the whole idea behind
14649 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14657 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14658 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14659 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14660 for the exact details.
14661 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14663 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14664 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14669 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14682 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14683 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14691 \begin_layout Itemize
14701 \begin_layout Itemize
14711 \begin_layout Itemize
14721 \begin_layout Itemize
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14732 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14735 \begin_layout Description
14736 Here: LyX tries to put the
14740 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14749 \begin_layout Description
14750 Top: LyX tries to put the
14754 at the top of the current page.
14755 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14758 \begin_layout Description
14759 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14763 at the bottom of the current page.
14764 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14767 \begin_layout Description
14768 Page: LyX tries to put the
14776 s) on a page of its own.
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14780 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14781 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14782 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14794 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14795 The default placement list is
14796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14807 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14808 on a page by itself.
14809 If you want LyX to try
14810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14817 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14831 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14834 \begin_layout Enumerate
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14842 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14843 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14844 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14848 \begin_layout Enumerate
14855 \begin_layout Standard
14856 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14857 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14861 \begin_layout Enumerate
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14869 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14870 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14874 \begin_layout Enumerate
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14882 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14886 \begin_layout Subsection
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14891 One obvious question is
14892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14895 how would I create the figures?
14896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14904 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14905 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14909 there are several ways.
14910 We recommend the following:
14913 \begin_layout Enumerate
14914 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14915 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14917 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14919 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14920 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14921 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14922 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14923 EPS figure, as described above.
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14931 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14932 the next way is recommended.
14936 \begin_layout Enumerate
14937 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14938 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14939 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14940 Therefore you have to set the
14945 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14951 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14962 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14965 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14970 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14978 (see description in
14982 ) this text will appear as
14983 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14993 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14994 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14995 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14996 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
15000 \begin_layout Enumerate
15001 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
15010 , really] will generate two files:
15014 \begin_layout Enumerate
15015 the PostScript part
15019 , that contains all painting.
15022 \begin_layout Enumerate
15027 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
15033 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
15037 \begin_layout Standard
15038 If you get an error like
15039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15042 unknown graphics extension pstex
15043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15046 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
15051 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
15052 Simply add a line like
15055 \begin_layout Standard
15060 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15066 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15081 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15085 This should fix the whole thing.
15086 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
15090 and change the LaTeX part
15095 But this is annoying.
15101 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15102 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15103 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15104 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15105 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15109 \begin_layout Section
15111 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15120 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15121 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15122 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15131 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15139 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15140 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15141 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15142 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15143 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15144 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15150 \begin_inset Tabular
15151 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15157 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15161 \begin_layout Standard
15167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15170 \begin_layout Standard
15185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15222 <row topline="true">
15223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15226 \begin_layout Standard
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15253 \begin_layout Standard
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15269 <row topline="true">
15270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15297 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Standard
15315 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15318 \begin_layout Standard
15325 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15329 \begin_layout Standard
15344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15347 \begin_layout Standard
15353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15356 \begin_layout Standard
15362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15365 \begin_layout Standard
15379 \begin_layout Subsection
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15384 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15385 brings up a settings dialog.
15386 Among these options are:
15389 \begin_layout Itemize
15390 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15391 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15392 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15393 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15394 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15395 row in the example above.
15396 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15397 the left line of the column to the right.
15400 \begin_layout Itemize
15401 Text alignment in a column
15404 \begin_layout Itemize
15405 Appending rows and columns
15408 \begin_layout Itemize
15409 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15412 \begin_layout Itemize
15416 \begin_layout Itemize
15417 Setting a fixed width for a column
15420 \begin_layout Itemize
15421 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15422 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15423 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15426 \begin_layout Itemize
15427 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15430 \begin_layout Standard
15431 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15437 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15451 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15458 when the cursor is inside a table.
15462 \begin_layout Standard
15463 Most of these options also work on selections.
15464 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15465 done on all of your selection.
15466 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15470 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15471 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15477 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15478 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15482 When you append a row, it is added
15486 the row containing the cursor.
15487 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15492 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15493 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15494 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15498 \begin_layout Standard
15499 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15500 For example, in the above table, row
15501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15508 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15524 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15529 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15533 \begin_layout Standard
15538 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15539 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15540 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15545 \begin_inset Tabular
15546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15548 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15549 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15550 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15551 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15555 \begin_layout Standard
15570 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15573 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15607 <row topline="true">
15608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15626 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15629 \begin_layout Standard
15643 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15646 \begin_layout Standard
15661 <row topline="true">
15662 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15715 <row topline="true">
15716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15719 \begin_layout Standard
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15769 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15773 \begin_layout Standard
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15831 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15832 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15834 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15835 \begin_inset Note Note
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15839 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15840 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15849 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15859 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15863 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15866 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15869 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15871 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15873 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15876 \begin_layout Standard
15883 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15890 display on screen, and works
15894 for PostScript output.
15895 So, if you want to preview them, use
15900 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15914 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15919 will not show the table properly.
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15924 \begin_inset Tabular
15925 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15927 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15938 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15939 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15943 \begin_layout Standard
15958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Standard
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Standard
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16157 <row topline="true">
16158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16297 \begin_layout Standard
16312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16315 \begin_layout Standard
16330 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Standard
16349 <row topline="true">
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Standard
16369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16372 \begin_layout Standard
16378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16381 \begin_layout Standard
16396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Standard
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Standard
16522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16525 \begin_layout Standard
16540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16559 <row topline="true">
16560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Standard
16579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Standard
16633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Standard
16642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16663 \begin_layout Standard
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Standard
16760 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Standard
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Standard
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Standard
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Standard
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16943 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Standard
16962 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16975 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Standard
16984 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Standard
16993 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Standard
17002 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Standard
17011 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Standard
17020 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Standard
17029 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Standard
17038 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Standard
17047 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Standard
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Standard
17082 \begin_layout Subsection
17083 What can be placed inside a table cell?
17086 \begin_layout Standard
17087 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
17088 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
17089 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
17090 can be placed in the same cell.
17091 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
17093 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17097 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17098 for the cell's paragraph.
17101 \begin_layout Subsection
17102 Cut & Paste in Tables
17105 \begin_layout Standard
17106 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17107 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17108 Selection with the mouse or with
17112 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17113 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17114 using the mouse to select and paste.
17117 \begin_layout Standard
17119 \begin_inset Tabular
17120 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17123 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17124 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17125 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Standard
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Standard
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Standard
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Standard
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Standard
17218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17221 \begin_layout Standard
17237 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Standard
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Standard
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17300 \begin_layout Standard
17302 \begin_inset Tabular
17303 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17308 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Standard
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Standard
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Standard
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Standard
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Standard
17420 <row topline="true">
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Standard
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17458 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Standard
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17494 \begin_layout Standard
17495 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17496 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17499 \begin_layout Subsection
17500 Multiple lines in cells
17503 \begin_layout Standard
17504 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17506 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17511 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17512 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17517 \begin_layout Standard
17519 \begin_inset Tabular
17520 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17523 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17525 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Standard
17544 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Standard
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Standard
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Standard
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Standard
17613 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Standard
17637 <row bottomline="true">
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Standard
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17669 This is longer now.
17674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17677 \begin_layout Standard
17693 <row bottomline="true">
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Standard
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Standard
17725 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17726 This is longer now.
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Standard
17757 \begin_layout Standard
17758 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17759 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17760 margin of the page.
17761 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17762 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17763 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17766 \begin_layout Enumerate
17767 Split it into two tables.
17770 \begin_layout Enumerate
17780 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17781 After doing this, the list of
17785 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17789 \begin_layout Enumerate
17795 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17796 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17799 \begin_layout Enumerate
17804 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17805 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17806 except for the first page, if
17814 \begin_layout Enumerate
17819 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17820 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17821 except for the last page, if
17829 \begin_layout Enumerate
17835 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17836 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17839 \begin_layout Standard
17840 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17841 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17842 The others will then be defined as
17847 In this context, first means first in this order:
17849 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17866 example file to see how this works.
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17872 rows to break the page on as well.
17876 \begin_layout Enumerate
17877 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17878 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17881 \begin_layout Subsection
17883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17884 name "sec:table float"
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17892 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17911 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17921 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17922 exactly where you insert it.
17923 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17924 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17925 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17929 , and is described in section
17930 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17931 reference "sec:float-locn"
17936 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17939 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17946 reference "table:a table float"
17950 is an example of a table float.
17951 \begin_inset Float table
17957 \begin_layout Standard
17958 \begin_inset Caption
17960 \begin_layout Standard
17961 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17962 name "table:a table float"
17974 \begin_layout Standard
17976 \begin_inset Tabular
17977 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17979 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17982 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Standard
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Standard
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Standard
18038 <row topline="true">
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Standard
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Standard
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Standard
18094 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Standard
18108 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Standard
18129 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18131 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Standard
18152 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18173 \begin_layout Section
18174 Table of Contents and other Listings
18175 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18183 \begin_layout Standard
18184 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18193 such as a Table of Contents.
18194 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18195 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18198 \begin_layout Subsection
18199 The Table of Contents
18202 \begin_layout Standard
18203 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18206 \begin_layout Enumerate
18207 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18214 \begin_layout Enumerate
18215 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18225 (Sub...), Paragraph
18228 Note that styles with a
18240 appear in the Table of Contents.
18243 \begin_layout Enumerate
18244 Make sure you set the
18249 ection\InsetSpace ~
18250 number\InsetSpace ~
18269 Document\InsetSpace ~
18272 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18274 reference "sub:section-depth"
18281 \begin_layout Enumerate
18282 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18283 You'll find it under
18288 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18295 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18307 \begin_layout Standard
18308 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18314 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18326 \begin_layout Subsection
18327 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18328 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18336 \begin_layout Standard
18337 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18338 You can insert them from the
18343 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18353 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18354 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18357 \begin_layout Chapter
18358 Mathematical Formulae
18361 \begin_layout Section
18365 \begin_layout Standard
18366 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18367 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18371 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18373 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18374 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18375 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18382 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18387 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18401 (CUA binding only).
18404 \begin_layout Standard
18405 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18406 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18409 , there is a special shortcut.
18417 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18427 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18433 \begin_layout Standard
18434 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18439 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18444 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18453 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18456 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18457 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18458 somewhere on the screen.
18459 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18460 will insert a formula for you.
18463 \begin_layout Subsection
18464 Navigating a Formula
18467 \begin_layout Standard
18468 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18469 with the arrow keys.
18470 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18471 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18476 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18477 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18481 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18485 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18487 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18495 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18500 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18501 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18504 \begin_layout Standard
18509 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18510 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18511 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18516 For example, if you want
18517 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18564 , since in the latter case only the
18567 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18572 will be under the square root sign,
18573 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18577 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18581 \begin_layout Standard
18582 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18584 \begin_inset Formula \[
18585 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18588 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18592 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18593 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18596 \begin_layout Subsection
18600 \begin_layout Standard
18601 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18602 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18606 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18607 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18608 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18609 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18610 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18613 \begin_layout Subsection
18614 Exponents and Subscripts
18617 \begin_layout Standard
18618 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18619 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18621 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18637 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18638 in the superscript.
18644 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18648 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18667 Subscripts are similar, to get
18668 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18683 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18684 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18686 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18687 reference "sec:Grouping"
18691 if you need to alter this.
18694 \begin_layout Subsection
18698 \begin_layout Standard
18699 Create a fraction with either
18705 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18725 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18726 squares top and bottom.
18727 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18728 To move to the bottom, simply press
18733 To move back up, press
18738 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18739 \begin_inset Formula \[
18740 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18742 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18749 \begin_layout Subsection
18753 \begin_layout Standard
18755 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18759 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18762 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18771 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18772 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18773 Sum will automatically place its
18774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18781 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18782 when inlined, such as
18783 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18787 \begin_inset Note Note
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18791 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18798 \begin_inset Formula \[
18799 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18803 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18804 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18805 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18809 \begin_inset Formula \[
18810 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18814 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18815 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18816 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18817 in front of the sign and hitting
18822 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18827 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18835 feature as addition, such as
18836 \begin_inset Formula \[
18837 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18841 which will place the
18842 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18853 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18854 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18859 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18862 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18868 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18876 menu in the math panel; see
18877 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18878 reference "sec:math-functions"
18885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18886 Special integral symbols
18889 \begin_layout Standard
18890 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18891 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18894 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18904 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18908 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18922 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18932 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18940 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18949 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18956 if you need special integrals.
18957 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18958 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18959 This document does use the
18963 package instead of the
18967 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18968 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18973 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18983 \begin_layout Subsection
18985 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18986 name "sec:math-panel"
18993 \begin_layout Standard
19003 dialog (accessible via
19008 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19015 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
19016 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
19017 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
19018 details in later sections.
19021 \begin_layout Standard
19022 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
19025 \begin_layout Subsection
19029 \begin_layout Standard
19030 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
19036 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
19044 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
19052 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
19060 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
19069 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
19077 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19079 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
19080 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
19081 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
19082 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
19083 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19087 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
19088 In the minibuffer, type
19093 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19102 to move between the two boxes.
19103 You can also use the key binding
19110 \begin_layout Subsection
19114 \begin_layout Standard
19115 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19116 that LaTeX provides.
19117 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19118 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19119 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19120 The first thing to do is to type
19125 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19127 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19131 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19136 you move the cursor, after typing
19144 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19146 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19148 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19152 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19156 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19159 \begin_layout Subsection
19161 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19162 name "sec:math-functions"
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19170 The math panel contains a number of
19171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19179 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19183 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19191 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19198 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19200 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19203 , should not be italicized.
19204 Entering just the letters
19205 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19208 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19210 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19211 For example, the expression
19212 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19215 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19216 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19217 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19220 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19221 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19222 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19226 \begin_inset Formula \[
19227 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19231 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19237 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19238 to improve linespacing).
19241 \begin_layout Subsection
19245 \begin_layout Standard
19246 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19248 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19249 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19250 That is, you can enter
19251 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19254 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19255 This is entered by typing
19256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19270 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19271 the various accents:
19274 \begin_layout Standard
19276 \begin_inset Tabular
19277 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19280 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19282 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Standard
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Standard
19338 <row topline="true">
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Standard
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19388 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19397 <row topline="true">
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Standard
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Standard
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Standard
19447 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19456 <row topline="true">
19457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Standard
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Standard
19506 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19515 <row topline="true">
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Standard
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Standard
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19565 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19574 <row topline="true">
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19596 \begin_layout Standard
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Standard
19624 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19633 <row topline="true">
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Standard
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19683 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19692 <row topline="true">
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Standard
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19742 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19751 <row topline="true">
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Standard
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Standard
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Standard
19801 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19810 <row topline="true">
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Standard
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Standard
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Standard
19860 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19869 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19873 \begin_layout Standard
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19919 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19935 \begin_layout Standard
19936 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19941 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19942 made within a formula too.
19945 \begin_layout Subsection
19946 The math editor for LaTeX users
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19950 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19951 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19953 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19960 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19961 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19964 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19965 menus for a symbol.
19966 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19971 \begin_layout Quotation
19972 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19973 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19975 As an example, I created this
19976 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19979 by typing the following keys: First type
20003 As soon as I typed that
20008 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20011 was right there on the screen.
20015 \begin_layout Standard
20021 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
20036 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
20041 leaves the formula.
20042 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
20045 \begin_layout Itemize
20046 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
20049 \begin_layout Itemize
20050 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
20051 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
20054 \begin_layout Itemize
20055 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
20059 \begin_layout Itemize
20060 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
20071 \begin_layout Itemize
20072 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
20073 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
20076 , you can find it in the dialogs
20079 \begin_layout Section
20080 Brackets and decorations
20083 \begin_layout Standard
20084 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20085 For most purposes, using just the keys
20091 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
20092 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
20093 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
20099 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20100 reference "sec:math-panel"
20105 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20107 \begin_inset Formula \[
20108 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20110 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20114 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20116 \begin_inset Formula \[
20117 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20122 \begin_inset Formula \[
20123 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20127 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20128 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20141 \begin_layout Standard
20142 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20143 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20144 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20145 clicking on the button.
20146 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20147 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20150 \begin_layout Standard
20151 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20152 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20153 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20154 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20158 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20160 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20166 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20169 \begin_layout Standard
20170 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20174 for grouping, you should read
20175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20176 reference "sec:Grouping"
20183 \begin_layout Section
20185 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20186 name "sec:Grouping"
20193 \begin_layout Standard
20194 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20195 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20206 \begin_layout Standard
20207 \begin_inset Formula \[
20208 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20215 \begin_layout Standard
20216 However, trying to type the
20220 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20221 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20228 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20229 The example directly above shows how this works.
20232 \begin_layout Section
20233 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20236 \begin_layout Standard
20237 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20243 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20244 number of rows/columns.
20245 Here is an example:
20246 \begin_inset Formula \[
20247 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20250 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20254 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20255 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20256 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20260 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20262 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20263 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20264 The specification is
20269 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20274 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20275 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20276 It will look like this:
20277 \begin_inset Formula \[
20279 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20280 column & has & has\, right\\
20281 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20293 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20299 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20311 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20321 \begin_layout Standard
20322 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20323 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20329 and commutative diagrams.
20330 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20335 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20346 A formula will automatically switch to an
20352 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20360 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20361 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20368 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20369 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20376 Here is an example:
20377 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20379 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20383 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20390 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20395 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20396 everything in the left side of the line.
20397 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20398 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20403 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20404 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20405 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20406 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20419 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20422 \begin_layout Section
20423 Equation Numbering and Labels
20424 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20425 name "sec:math-label"
20432 \begin_layout Standard
20433 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20434 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20435 \begin_inset Formula \[
20440 into the numbered equation :
20441 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20442 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20453 menu, and select the
20462 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20463 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20464 care of re-numbering the equation.
20465 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20466 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20467 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20468 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20474 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20479 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20480 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20487 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20490 \begin_layout Standard
20491 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20492 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20496 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20497 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20500 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20508 dialog, which you open using
20513 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20525 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20526 lines are numbered separately.
20527 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20528 receive a label of #.
20529 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20532 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20537 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20538 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20539 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20540 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20544 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20549 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20554 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20555 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20560 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20564 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20567 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20568 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20570 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20571 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20575 Note that the first equation in this set (
20576 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20577 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20581 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20583 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20584 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20588 ) is again labelled.
20592 \begin_layout Section
20593 User defined macros in math mode
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20597 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20598 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20599 the macro in blue (math color).
20600 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20601 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20603 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20604 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20607 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20608 written during export as LaTeX.
20609 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20610 macro's expansion on screen.
20611 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20612 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20613 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20624 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20625 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20629 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20630 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20638 \begin_layout Standard
20639 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20645 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20649 followed by the argument number:
20650 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20651 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20658 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20659 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20664 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20671 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20679 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20692 \begin_layout Subsection
20693 How to create macros
20696 \begin_layout Standard
20697 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20702 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20713 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20747 math-macro macrowarg 1
20750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20757 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20765 math-macro-arg <number>
20768 \begin_layout Standard
20769 The argument mark in
20775 was introduced with
20776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20792 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20793 can be edited only once.
20796 \begin_layout Subsection
20797 How to navigate in macros
20800 \begin_layout Description
20804 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20805 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20806 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20807 right side of the macro.
20810 \begin_layout Description
20813 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20814 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20822 \begin_layout Section
20826 \begin_layout Subsection
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20832 The standard font for text is italic,
20833 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20836 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20837 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20838 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20841 \begin_layout Standard
20843 \begin_inset Tabular
20844 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20848 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20861 \begin_layout Standard
20868 <row topline="true">
20869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20879 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20901 <row topline="true">
20902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20905 \begin_layout Standard
20906 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20928 <row topline="true">
20929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20955 <row topline="true">
20956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20966 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20988 <row topline="true">
20989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
21001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21015 <row topline="true">
21016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21031 \begin_layout Standard
21042 <row topline="true">
21043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21054 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21076 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21110 \begin_layout Standard
21111 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21112 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21116 \begin_layout Standard
21117 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21118 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21119 style after one character.
21120 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21121 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21122 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21124 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21125 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21130 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21134 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21136 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21139 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21140 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21152 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21154 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 A number of other options are available as well, via
21163 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21168 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21175 \begin_layout Subsection
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21181 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21182 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21187 while already in math mode.
21188 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21189 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21190 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21195 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21213 might have been a better choice
21218 , but it works for simple text.
21220 \begin_inset Formula \[
21221 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21222 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21223 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21230 \begin_layout Subsection
21234 \begin_layout Standard
21235 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21243 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21261 For most characters,
21269 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21270 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21275 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21276 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21278 These choices can be over-ridden by using the math panel button
21279 \begin_inset Graphics
21280 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21286 For example, you can set
21287 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21294 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by using
21300 Then a new box will appear in the formula where you can insert the fraction:
21302 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21306 Here are some text in the various styles:
21307 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21311 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21315 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21319 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21325 \begin_layout Standard
21326 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21327 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21329 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21330 will be adjusted to correspond.
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21338 Here is a paragraph in
21339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21346 font, with symbols:
21347 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21353 \begin_layout Standard
21354 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21358 \begin_layout Section
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21365 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21368 \begin_layout Subsection
21369 Enabling AMS-Support
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21378 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21385 dialog there is a checkbox,
21392 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21393 the facilities available.
21396 \begin_layout Subsection
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21402 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21403 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21411 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21412 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21413 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21414 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21416 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21419 \begin_layout Subsection
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21424 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21425 LyX allows you to choose between
21446 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21447 tion for the differences between these formula
21451 \begin_layout Chapter
21455 \begin_layout Section
21457 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21458 name "sec:crossref"
21465 \begin_layout Standard
21466 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21467 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21473 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21474 The other half is the
21478 proper, and it looks like this:
21479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21480 reference "sec:crossref"
21485 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21487 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21488 case, the number of this section.
21489 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21490 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21491 reference "sec:crossref"
21496 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21497 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21499 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21500 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21504 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21512 \begin_layout Standard
21513 To insert a label, use
21520 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21526 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21527 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21528 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 To insert a reference, select
21539 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21548 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21551 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21552 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21556 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21563 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21567 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21576 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21579 \begin_layout Quote
21586 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21592 There were undefined references
21595 \begin_layout Standard
21596 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21605 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21606 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21614 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21627 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21628 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21632 separately from the
21637 The same goes for all other section headings.
21640 \begin_layout Standard
21653 section headings and table and figure floats.
21654 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21655 you can't really use a
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21668 , but only if you use the
21678 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21679 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21684 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21690 Once again, the regular
21694 won't work very well.
21695 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21696 of the previous numbered section heading.
21702 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21703 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21708 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21709 reference "sec:table float"
21714 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21715 reference "sec:math-label"
21719 for details on using a
21723 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21727 \begin_layout Section
21728 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21731 \begin_layout Standard
21732 It is often desirable to include long
21733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21740 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21741 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21743 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21744 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21754 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21755 along automatically determined boundaries.
21758 \begin_layout Standard
21759 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21760 ike entity) simply select
21762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21769 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21777 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21778 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21780 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21781 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21794 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21795 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21807 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21815 \begin_layout Standard
21816 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21824 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21826 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21830 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21832 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21837 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21841 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21843 http://ctan.tug.org
21846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21852 \begin_layout Standard
21855 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21871 \begin_layout Section
21872 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21873 \begin_inset OptArg
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21885 \begin_layout Standard
21886 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21887 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21888 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21889 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21893 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21894 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21898 \begin_layout Standard
21899 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21903 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21909 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21910 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21911 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21916 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21921 This will insert a box (labelled
21922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21937 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21938 This also works for captions inside floats.
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21942 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21945 \begin_layout Section
21949 \begin_layout Standard
21950 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21952 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21953 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21954 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21955 This can be achieved with
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21967 the branches available within a particular document.
21968 This is done in the
21970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21971 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21975 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21976 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21977 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21983 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21987 \begin_layout Standard
21996 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21997 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21998 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
22003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22010 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
22011 \begin_inset Note Note
22014 \begin_layout Standard
22015 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
22023 \begin_layout Section
22024 Previewing snippets of your document
22027 \begin_layout Standard
22028 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
22029 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
22030 to break your train of thought with
22035 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22043 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
22044 necessary software (see below) and select the
22056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22063 pulldown item in the
22068 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22076 (It can be found in the
22080 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22083 pane in the Qt frontend and the
22087 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22090 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
22091 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
22092 Previews of an already loaded document are
22096 generated just by selecting the
22110 \begin_layout Standard
22111 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22112 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22128 check box in the inset's dialog.
22129 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22131 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22136 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22137 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22141 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22144 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22156 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22167 \begin_layout Section
22168 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22171 \begin_layout Subsection
22172 Extra Horizontal Space
22173 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22181 \begin_layout Standard
22186 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22191 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22192 space between the left and right margins.
22193 If there is more than one
22197 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22201 \begin_layout Standard
22206 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22210 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22215 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22218 \begin_layout Standard
22225 can be inserted with
22230 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22231 Special\InsetSpace ~
22236 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22241 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22245 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22248 \begin_layout Quote
22250 This is on the left side
22252 This is on the right
22255 \begin_layout Quote
22264 \begin_layout Quote
22275 \begin_layout Standard
22276 That was an example in the
22283 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22284 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22288 sitting in-between the two
22289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22300 Remember that we said that an
22304 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22305 than one set of margins on a line.
22306 Here's an example with the
22313 \begin_layout Labeling
22314 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22335 marks the beginning of the item.
22336 (There is actually a
22337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22348 inside of the label of the
22352 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22356 s work similarly in other
22357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22364 situations, like two-column mode.
22367 \begin_layout Subsection
22368 Extra Vertical Space
22369 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22370 name "sec:vertspace"
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22383 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22388 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22393 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22400 We will not provide an example of a
22404 , as it would waste paper.
22405 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22409 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22410 If there are several
22414 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22415 You can therefore use
22419 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22423 \begin_layout Standard
22424 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22425 only added if you have also checked the option
22430 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22435 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22436 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22441 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22452 \begin_layout Subsection
22453 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22456 \begin_layout Standard
22457 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22462 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22467 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22471 There are four possibilities:
22474 \begin_layout Itemize
22483 \begin_layout Itemize
22492 \begin_layout Itemize
22501 \begin_layout Itemize
22510 \begin_layout Standard
22511 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22512 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22513 the left and right margins.
22514 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22519 This paragraph is right aligned,
22522 \begin_layout Standard
22524 this one is centered,
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22529 this one is left aligned.
22532 \begin_layout Standard
22533 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22538 \begin_layout Subsection
22539 Forcing Page Breaks
22540 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22541 name "sec:pagebreak"
22548 \begin_layout Standard
22549 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22550 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22551 In general, this will
22555 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22558 reference "sec:widows"
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22566 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22567 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22568 in the preview to see if you
22572 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22578 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22583 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22586 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22590 \begin_layout Standard
22591 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22592 at the top of a page.
22593 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22594 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22595 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22596 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22599 reference "sec:figures"
22604 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22605 reference "sec:tables"
22616 \begin_layout Subsection
22620 \begin_layout Standard
22621 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22622 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22623 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22624 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22626 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22632 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22633 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22642 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22643 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22644 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22645 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22647 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22648 reference "sec:abbrev"
22653 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22654 In this case, insert one with
22659 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22660 Special\InsetSpace ~
22665 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22682 \begin_layout Standard
22683 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22684 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22688 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22689 line at that point.
22690 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22693 \begin_layout Quote
22694 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22718 A protected space is set with
22723 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22724 Special\InsetSpace ~
22729 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22744 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22745 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22770 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22771 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22772 inside abbreviations:
22775 \begin_layout Quote
22776 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22778 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22779 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22784 You can insert a thin space with
22789 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22790 Special\InsetSpace ~
22795 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22814 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22819 To get them, just type
22821 space-insert <command>
22823 into the minibuffer, where
22827 is one of the following:
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22832 \begin_inset Tabular
22833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22838 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22864 \begin_layout Standard
22873 <row topline="true">
22874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22905 <row topline="true">
22906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22937 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22952 \begin_layout Standard
22959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22969 <row bottomline="true">
22970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22973 \begin_layout Standard
22981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22994 \begin_layout Standard
23001 <row bottomline="true">
23002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23033 <row bottomline="true">
23034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23037 \begin_layout Standard
23045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23048 \begin_layout Standard
23055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23065 <row bottomline="true">
23066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23097 <row bottomline="true">
23098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23112 \begin_layout Standard
23119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_layout Subsection
23140 \begin_layout Standard
23141 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23146 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23147 Special\InsetSpace ~
23152 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23164 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23169 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23172 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23177 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23178 set a linebreak, e.g.
23179 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23180 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23181 reference "sec:quote"
23186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23187 reference "sec:verse"
23192 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23193 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23200 \begin_layout Section
23202 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23203 name "sec:spellchecking"
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23211 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23212 Rather it uses the external
23216 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23221 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23226 \begin_layout Standard
23227 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23234 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23243 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23244 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23245 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23246 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23247 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23252 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23254 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23255 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23258 \begin_layout Subsection
23259 Spellchecker Options
23260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23261 name "sec:spell_opt"
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 The following options can be set in the
23274 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23288 \begin_layout Standard
23289 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23290 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23295 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23303 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23305 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23306 specifying a different
23307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23310 alternative language
23311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23322 , you may need to make a link from say
23330 or whatever applies for your language.
23331 This is because these
23335 files normally have the native language name (
23336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23347 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23348 with the LaTeX babel package (
23349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23361 If you use a language with
23365 encoding and set the
23377 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23392 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23393 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23397 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23400 \begin_layout Standard
23403 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23406 \begin_layout Standard
23407 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23411 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23415 \begin_layout Standard
23416 There are four solutions to this problem.
23417 The easiest is to try the
23424 If that does not help, you can set
23435 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23436 The third is to add the
23440 option to your dictionary
23451 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23452 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23462 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23463 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23464 and ask him to solve your problem.
23467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23468 Personal dictionary
23471 \begin_layout Standard
23472 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23473 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23474 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23475 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23479 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23486 \begin_layout Standard
23492 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23495 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23498 \begin_layout Itemize
23504 ccept compound words
23508 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23521 \begin_layout Itemize
23531 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23534 This should not normally be needed.
23537 \begin_layout Subsection
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23543 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23544 for each occurrence of the word.
23545 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23546 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 Unless you're using the
23554 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23556 This, does, however, work with
23560 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23563 \begin_layout Section
23564 International Support
23567 \begin_layout Standard
23568 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23569 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23570 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23571 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23573 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23574 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23575 default configuration.
23578 \begin_layout Standard
23579 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23580 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23581 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23582 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23584 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23585 reference "sec:langlay"
23589 for more information.
23592 \begin_layout Standard
23593 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23594 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23595 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23596 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23599 reference "sec:optkey"
23607 \begin_layout Standard
23608 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23609 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23610 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23611 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23612 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23613 one to support the characters you want.
23617 \begin_layout Standard
23618 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23622 beyond the scope of this manual.
23623 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23624 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23625 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23626 to your native tongue, please see the
23630 manual for details.
23633 \begin_layout Subsection
23635 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23643 \begin_layout Standard
23649 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23656 dialog lets you set
23658 the language and character encoding for your language.
23662 \begin_layout Standard
23663 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23680 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23688 The default is U.S.
23690 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23691 The language name appears in the window.
23695 \begin_layout Standard
23696 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23697 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23706 \begin_layout Standard
23715 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23720 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23721 European languages.
23724 \begin_layout Subsection
23725 Keyboard mapping configuration
23726 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23735 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23736 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23737 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23738 which one you want to use.
23741 \begin_layout Subsection
23743 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23751 \begin_layout Standard
23754 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23755 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23764 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23770 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23772 That ain't the default.
23773 Nowhere near, in fact.
23774 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23782 \begin_layout Itemize
23783 Even if you've selected
23792 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23799 dialog, users who have only the
23803 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23807 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23808 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23809 french quotes won't show up.
23812 \begin_layout Itemize
23817 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23818 include the either the package
23826 in their documents.
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23832 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23834 reference "sec:quotes"
23838 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23847 \begin_layout Standard
23848 \begin_inset Float table
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23854 \begin_inset Caption
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23858 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23876 \begin_inset Tabular
23877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23896 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23900 \begin_layout Standard
23906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23945 \begin_layout Standard
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24017 \begin_layout Standard
24032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24143 \begin_layout Standard
24158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24195 <row topline="true">
24196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24199 \begin_layout Standard
24214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24226 \begin_layout Standard
24232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24390 \begin_layout Standard
24404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24424 \begin_layout Standard
24439 <row topline="true">
24440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24590 \begin_layout Standard
24596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24699 <row topline="true">
24700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24703 \begin_layout Standard
24718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24759 \begin_layout Standard
24773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24905 \begin_layout Standard
24919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24954 <row topline="true">
24955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24994 \begin_layout Standard
25008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25214 <row topline="true">
25215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25254 \begin_layout Standard
25268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25451 \begin_layout Standard
25466 <row topline="true">
25467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25718 <row topline="true">
25719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25970 <row topline="true">
25971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25974 \begin_layout Standard
25989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26215 \begin_layout Standard
26230 <row topline="true">
26231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26490 <row topline="true">
26491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26512 \begin_layout Standard
26518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26598 \begin_layout Standard
26612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26632 \begin_layout Standard
26638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26750 <row topline="true">
26751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26875 \begin_layout Standard
26889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26995 \begin_layout Standard
27010 <row topline="true">
27011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27270 <row topline="true">
27271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27397 \begin_layout Standard
27411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27414 \begin_layout Standard
27420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27532 <row topline="true">
27533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27674 \begin_layout Standard
27680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27784 <row topline="true">
27785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27909 \begin_layout Standard
27923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27926 \begin_layout Standard
27932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27995 \begin_layout Standard
28009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28029 \begin_layout Standard
28044 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28066 \begin_layout Standard
28072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28309 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28311 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28312 also the characters from
28324 \begin_layout Itemize
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28377 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28379 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28385 is correct, S-M-macron.
28394 \begin_layout Itemize
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28425 \begin_layout Standard
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28434 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28456 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28457 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28458 Also make sure you're using the
28462 font-encoding and have the package
28466 with the definition file
28473 \begin_layout Chapter
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28478 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28479 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28484 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28485 to provide information:
28488 \begin_layout Itemize
28493 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28494 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28502 as some of us call it].
28505 \begin_layout Itemize
28508 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28510 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28514 \begin_layout Itemize
28519 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28520 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28523 \begin_layout Itemize
28528 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28531 \begin_layout Itemize
28534 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28536 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28542 \begin_layout Itemize
28543 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28545 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28550 for help and answers to questions.
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28554 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28558 LyX Documentation Team,
28559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28562 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28563 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28566 \begin_layout Itemize
28575 \begin_layout Itemize
28576 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28591 \begin_layout Itemize
28592 General editing assistance.
28595 \begin_layout Itemize
28600 \begin_layout Itemize
28604 \begin_layout Itemize
28608 \begin_layout Itemize
28614 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28624 Primary contributor to
28629 \begin_layout Itemize
28630 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28636 \begin_layout Itemize
28645 \begin_layout Itemize
28646 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28661 \begin_layout Itemize
28662 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28668 \begin_layout Itemize
28675 \begin_layout Itemize
28676 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28682 \begin_layout Itemize
28691 \begin_layout Itemize
28692 Documentation of internationalization features in
28698 \begin_layout Itemize
28705 \begin_layout Itemize
28710 \begin_layout Itemize
28714 \begin_layout Itemize
28718 \begin_layout Itemize
28722 \begin_layout Itemize
28728 \begin_layout Itemize
28735 \begin_layout Itemize
28736 Primary contributor to
28742 \begin_layout Itemize
28749 \begin_layout Itemize
28754 \begin_layout Itemize
28758 \begin_layout Itemize
28759 using LaTeX from within LyX
28764 \begin_layout Itemize
28773 \begin_layout Itemize
28774 General organization and format of the documents.
28777 \begin_layout Itemize
28782 \begin_layout Itemize
28786 \begin_layout Itemize
28787 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28791 \begin_layout Itemize
28792 Also responsible for Introduction in
28797 \begin_layout Itemize
28798 Editor of the documents.
28799 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28803 \begin_layout Standard
28804 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28808 \begin_layout Bibliography
28809 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28822 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28845 \begin_layout Bibliography
28846 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28853 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28856 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28859 \begin_layout Bibliography
28860 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28861 key "latexcompanion"
28865 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28867 The LaTeX Companion.
28870 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28873 \begin_layout Bibliography
28874 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28884 \begin_layout Bibliography
28885 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem